src/gui/kernel/qformlayout.cpp
author Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
Tue, 02 Feb 2010 00:43:10 +0200
changeset 3 41300fa6a67c
parent 0 1918ee327afb
child 4 3b1da2848fc7
permissions -rw-r--r--
Revision: 201003 Kit: 201005
Ignore whitespace changes - Everywhere: Within whitespace: At end of lines:
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     1
/****************************************************************************
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     2
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     3
** Copyright (C) 2009 Nokia Corporation and/or its subsidiary(-ies).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     4
** All rights reserved.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     5
** Contact: Nokia Corporation (qt-info@nokia.com)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     6
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     7
** This file is part of the QtGui module of the Qt Toolkit.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     8
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
     9
** $QT_BEGIN_LICENSE:LGPL$
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    10
** No Commercial Usage
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    11
** This file contains pre-release code and may not be distributed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    12
** You may use this file in accordance with the terms and conditions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    13
** contained in the Technology Preview License Agreement accompanying
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    14
** this package.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    15
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    16
** GNU Lesser General Public License Usage
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    17
** Alternatively, this file may be used under the terms of the GNU Lesser
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    18
** General Public License version 2.1 as published by the Free Software
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    19
** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.LGPL included in the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    20
** packaging of this file.  Please review the following information to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    21
** ensure the GNU Lesser General Public License version 2.1 requirements
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    22
** will be met: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    23
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    24
** In addition, as a special exception, Nokia gives you certain additional
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    25
** rights.  These rights are described in the Nokia Qt LGPL Exception
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    26
** version 1.1, included in the file LGPL_EXCEPTION.txt in this package.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    27
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    28
** If you have questions regarding the use of this file, please contact
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    29
** Nokia at qt-info@nokia.com.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    30
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    31
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    32
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    33
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    34
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    35
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    36
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    37
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    38
** $QT_END_LICENSE$
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    39
**
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    40
****************************************************************************/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    41
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    42
#include "qapplication.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    43
#include "qdebug.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    44
#include "qformlayout.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    45
#include "qlabel.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    46
#include "qlayout_p.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    47
#include "qlayoutengine_p.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    48
#include "qrect.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    49
#include "qvector.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    50
#include "qwidget.h"
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    51
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    52
QT_BEGIN_NAMESPACE
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    53
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    54
namespace {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    55
// Fixed column matrix, stores items as [i11, i12, i21, i22...],
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    56
// with FORTRAN-style index operator(r, c).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    57
template <class T, int NumColumns>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    58
class FixedColumnMatrix {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    59
public:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    60
    typedef QVector<T> Storage;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    61
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    62
    FixedColumnMatrix() { }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    63
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    64
    void clear() { m_storage.clear(); }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    65
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    66
    const T &operator()(int r, int c) const { return m_storage[r * NumColumns + c]; }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    67
    T &operator()(int r, int c) { return m_storage[r * NumColumns + c]; }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    68
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    69
    int rowCount() const { return m_storage.size() / NumColumns; }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    70
    void addRow(const T &value);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    71
    void insertRow(int r, const T &value);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    72
    void removeRow(int r);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    73
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    74
    bool find(const T &value, int *rowPtr, int *colPtr) const ;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    75
    int count(const T &value) const { return m_storage.count(value);  }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    76
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    77
    // Hmmpf.. Some things are faster that way.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    78
    const Storage &storage() const { return m_storage; }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    79
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    80
    static void storageIndexToPosition(int idx, int *rowPtr, int *colPtr);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    81
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    82
private:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    83
    Storage m_storage;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    84
};
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    85
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    86
template <class T, int NumColumns>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    87
void FixedColumnMatrix<T, NumColumns>::addRow(const T &value)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    88
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    89
    for (int i = 0; i < NumColumns; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    90
        m_storage.append(value);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    91
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    92
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    93
template <class T, int NumColumns>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    94
void FixedColumnMatrix<T, NumColumns>::insertRow(int r, const T &value)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    95
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    96
    Q_TYPENAME Storage::iterator it = m_storage.begin();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    97
    it += r * NumColumns;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    98
    m_storage.insert(it, NumColumns, value);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
    99
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   100
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   101
template <class T, int NumColumns>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   102
void FixedColumnMatrix<T, NumColumns>::removeRow(int r)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   103
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   104
    m_storage.remove(r * NumColumns, NumColumns);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   105
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   106
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   107
template <class T, int NumColumns>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   108
bool FixedColumnMatrix<T, NumColumns>::find(const T &value, int *rowPtr, int *colPtr) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   109
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   110
    const int idx = m_storage.indexOf(value);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   111
    if (idx == -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   112
        return false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   113
    storageIndexToPosition(idx, rowPtr, colPtr);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   114
    return true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   115
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   116
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   117
template <class T, int NumColumns>
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   118
void FixedColumnMatrix<T, NumColumns>::storageIndexToPosition(int idx, int *rowPtr, int *colPtr)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   119
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   120
    *rowPtr = idx / NumColumns;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   121
    *colPtr = idx % NumColumns;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   122
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   123
} // namespace
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   124
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   125
// special values for unset fields; must not clash with values of FieldGrowthPolicy or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   126
// RowWrapPolicy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   127
const uint DefaultFieldGrowthPolicy = 255;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   128
const uint DefaultRowWrapPolicy = 255;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   129
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   130
enum { ColumnCount = 2 };
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   131
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   132
// -- our data structure for our items
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   133
// This owns the QLayoutItem
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   134
struct QFormLayoutItem
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   135
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   136
    QFormLayoutItem(QLayoutItem* i) : item(i), fullRow(false), isHfw(false) { }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   137
    ~QFormLayoutItem() { delete item; }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   138
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   139
    // Wrappers
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   140
    QWidget *widget() const { return item->widget(); }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   141
    QLayout *layout() const { return item->layout(); }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   142
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   143
    bool hasHeightForWidth() const { return item->hasHeightForWidth(); }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   144
    int heightForWidth(int width) const { return item->heightForWidth(width); }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   145
    int minimumHeightForWidth(int width) const { return item->minimumHeightForWidth(width); }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   146
    Qt::Orientations expandingDirections() const { return item->expandingDirections(); }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   147
    QSizePolicy::ControlTypes controlTypes() const { return item->controlTypes(); }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   148
    int vStretch() const { return widget() ? widget()->sizePolicy().verticalStretch() : 0; }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   149
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   150
    void setGeometry(const QRect& r) { item->setGeometry(r); }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   151
    QRect geometry() const { return item->geometry(); }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   152
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   153
    // For use with FixedColumnMatrix
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   154
    bool operator==(const QFormLayoutItem& other) { return item == other.item; }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   155
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   156
    QLayoutItem *item;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   157
    bool fullRow;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   158
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   159
    // set by updateSizes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   160
    bool isHfw;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   161
    QSize minSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   162
    QSize sizeHint;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   163
    QSize maxSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   164
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   165
    // also set by updateSizes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   166
    int sbsHSpace; // only used for side by side, for the field item only (not label)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   167
    int vSpace; // This is the spacing to the item in the row above
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   168
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   169
    // set by setupVerticalLayoutData
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   170
    bool sideBySide;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   171
    int vLayoutIndex;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   172
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   173
    // set by setupHorizontalLayoutData
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   174
    int layoutPos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   175
    int layoutWidth;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   176
};
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   177
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   178
class QFormLayoutPrivate : public QLayoutPrivate
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   179
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   180
    Q_DECLARE_PUBLIC(QFormLayout)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   181
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   182
public:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   183
    typedef FixedColumnMatrix<QFormLayoutItem *, ColumnCount> ItemMatrix;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   184
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   185
    QFormLayoutPrivate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   186
    ~QFormLayoutPrivate() { }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   187
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   188
    int insertRow(int row);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   189
    void insertRows(int row, int count);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   190
    void setItem(int row, QFormLayout::ItemRole role, QLayoutItem *item);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   191
    void setLayout(int row, QFormLayout::ItemRole role, QLayout *layout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   192
    void setWidget(int row, QFormLayout::ItemRole role, QWidget *widget);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   193
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   194
    void arrangeWidgets(const QVector<QLayoutStruct>& layouts, QRect &rect);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   195
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   196
    void updateSizes();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   197
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   198
    void setupVerticalLayoutData(int width);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   199
    void setupHorizontalLayoutData(int width);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   200
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   201
    QStyle* getStyle() const;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   202
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   203
    inline bool haveHfwCached(int width) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   204
    {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   205
        return (hfw_width == width) || (width == sh_width && hfw_sh_height >= 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   206
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   207
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   208
    void recalcHFW(int w);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   209
    void setupHfwLayoutData();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   210
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   211
    uint fieldGrowthPolicy : 8;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   212
    uint rowWrapPolicy : 8;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   213
    uint has_hfw : 2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   214
    uint dirty : 2; // have we laid out yet?
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   215
    uint sizesDirty : 2; // have we (not) gathered layout item sizes?
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   216
    uint expandVertical : 1; // Do we expand vertically?
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   217
    uint expandHorizontal : 1; // Do we expand horizonally?
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   218
    Qt::Alignment labelAlignment;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   219
    Qt::Alignment formAlignment;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   220
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   221
    ItemMatrix m_matrix;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   222
    QList<QFormLayoutItem *> m_things;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   223
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   224
    int layoutWidth;    // the last width that we called setupVerticalLayoutData on (for vLayouts)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   225
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   226
    int hfw_width;  // the last width we calculated HFW for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   227
    int hfw_height; // what that height was
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   228
    int hfw_minheight;  // what that minheight was
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   229
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   230
    int hfw_sh_height;  // the hfw for sh_width
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   231
    int hfw_sh_minheight;   // the minhfw for sh_width
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   232
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   233
    int min_width;  // the width that gets turned into minSize (from updateSizes)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   234
    int sh_width;   // the width that gets turned into prefSize (from updateSizes)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   235
    int thresh_width; // the width that we start splitting label/field pairs at (from updateSizes)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   236
    QSize minSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   237
    QSize prefSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   238
    int formMaxWidth;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   239
    void calcSizeHints();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   240
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   241
    QVector<QLayoutStruct> vLayouts; // set by setupVerticalLayoutData;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   242
    int vLayoutCount;               // Number of rows we calculated in setupVerticalLayoutData
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   243
    int maxLabelWidth;              // the label width we calculated in setupVerticalLayoutData
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   244
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   245
    QVector<QLayoutStruct> hfwLayouts;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   246
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   247
    int hSpacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   248
    int vSpacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   249
};
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   250
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   251
QFormLayoutPrivate::QFormLayoutPrivate()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   252
    : fieldGrowthPolicy(DefaultFieldGrowthPolicy),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   253
      rowWrapPolicy(DefaultRowWrapPolicy), has_hfw(false), dirty(true), sizesDirty(true),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   254
      expandVertical(0), expandHorizontal(0), labelAlignment(0), formAlignment(0),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   255
      layoutWidth(-1), hfw_width(-1), hfw_sh_height(-1), min_width(-1),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   256
      sh_width(-1), thresh_width(QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX), hSpacing(-1), vSpacing(-1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   257
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   258
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   259
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   260
static Qt::Alignment fixedAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment, Qt::LayoutDirection layoutDirection)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   261
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   262
    if (layoutDirection == Qt::RightToLeft && alignment & Qt::AlignAbsolute) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   263
        // swap left and right, and eliminate absolute flag
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   264
        return Qt::Alignment((alignment & ~(Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignRight | Qt::AlignAbsolute))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   265
                             | ((alignment & Qt::AlignRight) ? Qt::AlignLeft : 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   266
                             | ((alignment & Qt::AlignLeft) ? Qt::AlignRight : 0));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   267
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   268
        return alignment & ~Qt::AlignAbsolute;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   269
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   270
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   271
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   272
static int storageIndexFromLayoutItem(const QFormLayoutPrivate::ItemMatrix &m,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   273
                                      QFormLayoutItem *item)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   274
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   275
    if (item) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   276
        return m.storage().indexOf(item);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   277
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   278
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   279
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   280
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   281
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   282
static void updateFormLayoutItem(QFormLayoutItem *item, int userVSpacing,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   283
                                        QFormLayout::FieldGrowthPolicy fieldGrowthPolicy,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   284
                                        bool fullRow)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   285
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   286
    item->minSize = item->item->minimumSize();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   287
    item->sizeHint = item->item->sizeHint();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   288
    item->maxSize = item->item->maximumSize();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   289
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   290
    if (!fullRow && (fieldGrowthPolicy == QFormLayout::FieldsStayAtSizeHint
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   291
                     || (fieldGrowthPolicy == QFormLayout::ExpandingFieldsGrow
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   292
                         && !(item->item->expandingDirections() & Qt::Horizontal))))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   293
        item->maxSize.setWidth(item->sizeHint.width());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   294
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   295
    item->isHfw = item->item->hasHeightForWidth();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   296
    item->vSpace = userVSpacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   297
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   298
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   299
/*
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   300
   Iterate over all the controls and gather their size information
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   301
   (min, sizeHint and max). Also work out what the spacing between
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   302
   pairs of controls should be, and figure out the min and sizeHint
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   303
   widths.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   304
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   305
void QFormLayoutPrivate::updateSizes()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   306
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   307
    Q_Q(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   308
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   309
    if (sizesDirty) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   310
        QFormLayout::RowWrapPolicy wrapPolicy = q->rowWrapPolicy();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   311
        bool wrapAllRows = (wrapPolicy == QFormLayout::WrapAllRows);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   312
        bool dontWrapRows = (wrapPolicy == QFormLayout::DontWrapRows);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   313
        int rr = m_matrix.rowCount();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   314
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   315
        has_hfw = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   316
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   317
        // If any control can expand, so can this layout
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   318
        // Wrapping doesn't affect expansion, though, just the minsize
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   319
        bool expandH = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   320
        bool expandV = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   321
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   322
        QFormLayoutItem *prevLbl = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   323
        QFormLayoutItem *prevFld = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   324
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   325
        QWidget *parent = q->parentWidget();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   326
        QStyle *style = parent ? parent->style() : 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   327
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   328
        int userVSpacing = q->verticalSpacing();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   329
        int userHSpacing = wrapAllRows ? 0 : q->horizontalSpacing();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   330
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   331
        int maxMinLblWidth = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   332
        int maxMinFldWidth = 0; // field with label
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   333
        int maxMinIfldWidth = 0; // independent field
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   334
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   335
        int maxShLblWidth = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   336
        int maxShFldWidth = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   337
        int maxShIfldWidth = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   338
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   339
        for (int i = 0; i < rr; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   340
            QFormLayoutItem *label = m_matrix(i, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   341
            QFormLayoutItem *field = m_matrix(i, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   342
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   343
            // Skip empty rows
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   344
            if (!label && !field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   345
                continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   346
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   347
            if (label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   348
                updateFormLayoutItem(label, userVSpacing, q->fieldGrowthPolicy(), false);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   349
                if (label->isHfw)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   350
                    has_hfw = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   351
                Qt::Orientations o = label->expandingDirections();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   352
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   353
                if (o & Qt::Vertical)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   354
                    expandV = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   355
                if (o & Qt::Horizontal)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   356
                    expandH = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   357
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   358
            if (field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   359
                updateFormLayoutItem(field, userVSpacing, q->fieldGrowthPolicy(), !label && field->fullRow);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   360
                field->sbsHSpace = (!label && field->fullRow) ? 0 : userHSpacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   361
                if (field->isHfw)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   362
                    has_hfw = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   363
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   364
                Qt::Orientations o = field->expandingDirections();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   365
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   366
                if (o & Qt::Vertical)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   367
                    expandV = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   368
                if (o & Qt::Horizontal)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   369
                    expandH = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   370
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   371
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   372
            // See if we need to calculate default spacings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   373
            if ((userHSpacing < 0 || userVSpacing < 0) && style) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   374
                QSizePolicy::ControlTypes lbltypes =
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   375
                    QSizePolicy::ControlTypes(label ? label->controlTypes() : QSizePolicy::DefaultType);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   376
                QSizePolicy::ControlTypes fldtypes =
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   377
                    QSizePolicy::ControlTypes(field ? field->controlTypes() : QSizePolicy::DefaultType);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   378
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   379
                // VSpacing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   380
                if (userVSpacing < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   381
                    if (wrapAllRows) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   382
                        // label spacing is to a previous item
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   383
                        QFormLayoutItem *lbltop = prevFld ? prevFld : prevLbl;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   384
                        // field spacing is to the label (or a previous item)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   385
                        QFormLayoutItem *fldtop = label ? label : lbltop;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   386
                        QSizePolicy::ControlTypes lbltoptypes =
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   387
                            QSizePolicy::ControlTypes(lbltop ? lbltop->controlTypes() : QSizePolicy::DefaultType);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   388
                        QSizePolicy::ControlTypes fldtoptypes =
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   389
                            QSizePolicy::ControlTypes(fldtop ? fldtop->controlTypes() : QSizePolicy::DefaultType);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   390
                        if (label && lbltop)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   391
                            label->vSpace = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(lbltoptypes, lbltypes, Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   392
                        if (field && fldtop)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   393
                            field->vSpace = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(fldtoptypes, fldtypes, Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   394
                    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   395
                        // Side by side..  we have to also consider the spacings to empty cells, which can strangely be more than
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   396
                        // non empty cells..
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   397
                        QFormLayoutItem *lbltop = prevLbl ? prevLbl : prevFld;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   398
                        QFormLayoutItem *fldtop = prevFld;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   399
                        QSizePolicy::ControlTypes lbltoptypes =
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   400
                            QSizePolicy::ControlTypes(lbltop ? lbltop->controlTypes() : QSizePolicy::DefaultType);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   401
                        QSizePolicy::ControlTypes fldtoptypes =
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   402
                            QSizePolicy::ControlTypes(fldtop ? fldtop->controlTypes() : QSizePolicy::DefaultType);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   403
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   404
                        // To be compatible to QGridLayout, we have to compare solitary labels & fields with both predecessors
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   405
                        if (label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   406
                            if (!field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   407
                                int lblspacing = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(lbltoptypes, lbltypes, Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   408
                                int fldspacing = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(fldtoptypes, lbltypes, Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   409
                                label->vSpace = qMax(lblspacing, fldspacing);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   410
                            } else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   411
                                label->vSpace = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(lbltoptypes, lbltypes, Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   412
                        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   413
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   414
                        if (field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   415
                            // check spacing against both the previous label and field
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   416
                            if (!label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   417
                                int lblspacing = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(lbltoptypes, fldtypes, Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   418
                                int fldspacing = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(fldtoptypes, fldtypes, Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   419
                                field->vSpace = qMax(lblspacing, fldspacing);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   420
                            } else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   421
                                field->vSpace = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(fldtoptypes, fldtypes, Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   422
                        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   423
                    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   424
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   425
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   426
                // HSpacing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   427
                // hard-coded the left and right control types so that all the rows have the same
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   428
                // inter-column spacing (otherwise the right column isn't always left aligned)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   429
                if (userHSpacing < 0 && !wrapAllRows && (label || !field->fullRow) && field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   430
                    field->sbsHSpace = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(QSizePolicy::Label, QSizePolicy::LineEdit, Qt::Horizontal, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   431
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   432
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   433
            // Now update our min/sizehint widths
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   434
            // We choose to put the spacing in the field side in sbs, so
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   435
            // the right edge of the labels will align, but fields may
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   436
            // be a little ragged.. since different controls may have
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   437
            // different appearances, a slight raggedness in the left
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   438
            // edges of fields can be tolerated.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   439
            // (Note - field->sbsHSpace is 0 for WrapAllRows mode)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   440
            if (label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   441
                maxMinLblWidth = qMax(maxMinLblWidth, label->minSize.width());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   442
                maxShLblWidth = qMax(maxShLblWidth, label->sizeHint.width());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   443
                if (field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   444
                    maxMinFldWidth = qMax(maxMinFldWidth, field->minSize.width() + field->sbsHSpace);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   445
                    maxShFldWidth = qMax(maxShFldWidth, field->sizeHint.width() + field->sbsHSpace);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   446
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   447
            } else if (field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   448
                maxMinIfldWidth = qMax(maxMinIfldWidth, field->minSize.width());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   449
                maxShIfldWidth = qMax(maxShIfldWidth, field->sizeHint.width());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   450
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   451
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   452
            prevLbl = label;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   453
            prevFld = field;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   454
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   455
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   456
        // Now, finally update the min/sizeHint widths
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   457
        if (wrapAllRows) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   458
            sh_width = qMax(maxShLblWidth, qMax(maxShIfldWidth, maxShFldWidth));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   459
            min_width = qMax(maxMinLblWidth, qMax(maxMinIfldWidth, maxMinFldWidth));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   460
            // in two line, we don't care as much about the threshold width
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   461
            thresh_width = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   462
        } else if (dontWrapRows) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   463
            // This is just the max widths glommed together
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   464
            sh_width = qMax(maxShLblWidth + maxShFldWidth, maxShIfldWidth);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   465
            min_width = qMax(maxMinLblWidth + maxMinFldWidth, maxMinIfldWidth);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   466
            thresh_width = QWIDGETSIZE_MAX;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   467
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   468
            // This is just the max widths glommed together
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   469
            sh_width = qMax(maxShLblWidth + maxShFldWidth, maxShIfldWidth);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   470
            // min width needs to be the min when everything is wrapped,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   471
            // otherwise we'll never get set with a width that causes wrapping
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   472
            min_width = qMax(maxMinLblWidth, qMax(maxMinIfldWidth, maxMinFldWidth));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   473
            // We split a pair at label sh + field min (### for now..)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   474
            thresh_width = maxShLblWidth + maxMinFldWidth;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   475
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   476
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   477
        // Update the expansions
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   478
        expandVertical = expandV;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   479
        expandHorizontal = expandH;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   480
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   481
    sizesDirty = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   482
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   483
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   484
void QFormLayoutPrivate::recalcHFW(int w)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   485
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   486
    setupHfwLayoutData();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   487
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   488
    int h = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   489
    int mh = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   490
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   491
    for (int r = 0; r < vLayoutCount; ++r) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   492
        int spacing = hfwLayouts.at(r).spacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   493
        h += hfwLayouts.at(r).sizeHint + spacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   494
        mh += hfwLayouts.at(r).minimumSize + spacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   495
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   496
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   497
    if (sh_width > 0 && sh_width == w) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   498
        hfw_sh_height = qMin(QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, h);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   499
        hfw_sh_minheight = qMin(QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, mh);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   500
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   501
        hfw_width = w;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   502
        hfw_height = qMin(QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, h);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   503
        hfw_minheight = qMin(QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX, mh);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   504
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   505
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   506
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   507
void QFormLayoutPrivate::setupHfwLayoutData()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   508
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   509
    // setupVerticalLayoutData must be called before this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   510
    // setupHorizontalLayoutData must also be called before this
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   511
    // copies non hfw data into hfw
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   512
    // then updates size and min
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   513
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   514
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   515
    // Note: QGridLayout doesn't call minimumHeightForWidth,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   516
    // but instead uses heightForWidth for both min and sizeHint.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   517
    // For the common case where minimumHeightForWidth just calls
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   518
    // heightForWidth, we do the calculation twice, which can be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   519
    // very expensive for word wrapped QLabels/QTextEdits, for example.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   520
    // So we just use heightForWidth as well.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   521
    int i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   522
    int rr = m_matrix.rowCount();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   523
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   524
    hfwLayouts.clear();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   525
    hfwLayouts.resize(vLayoutCount);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   526
    for (i = 0; i < vLayoutCount; ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   527
        hfwLayouts[i] = vLayouts.at(i);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   528
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   529
    for (i = 0; i < rr; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   530
        QFormLayoutItem *label = m_matrix(i, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   531
        QFormLayoutItem *field = m_matrix(i, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   532
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   533
        if (label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   534
            if (label->isHfw) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   535
                // We don't check sideBySide here, since a label is only
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   536
                // ever side by side with its field
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   537
                int hfw = label->heightForWidth(label->layoutWidth);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   538
                hfwLayouts[label->vLayoutIndex].minimumSize = hfw;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   539
                hfwLayouts[label->vLayoutIndex].sizeHint = hfw;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   540
            } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   541
                // Reset these here, so the field can do a qMax below (the previous value may have
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   542
                // been the fields non-hfw values, which are often larger than hfw)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   543
                hfwLayouts[label->vLayoutIndex].sizeHint = label->sizeHint.height();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   544
                hfwLayouts[label->vLayoutIndex].minimumSize = label->minSize.height();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   545
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   546
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   547
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   548
        if (field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   549
            int hfw = field->isHfw ? field->heightForWidth(field->layoutWidth) : 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   550
            int h = field->isHfw ? hfw : field->sizeHint.height();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   551
            int mh = field->isHfw ? hfw : field->minSize.height();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   552
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   553
            if (field->sideBySide) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   554
                int oh = hfwLayouts.at(field->vLayoutIndex).sizeHint;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   555
                int omh = hfwLayouts.at(field->vLayoutIndex).minimumSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   556
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   557
                hfwLayouts[field->vLayoutIndex].sizeHint = qMax(h, oh);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   558
                hfwLayouts[field->vLayoutIndex].minimumSize = qMax(mh, omh);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   559
            } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   560
                hfwLayouts[field->vLayoutIndex].sizeHint = h;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   561
                hfwLayouts[field->vLayoutIndex].minimumSize = mh;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   562
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   563
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   564
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   565
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   566
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   567
/*
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   568
  Given up to four items involved in a vertical spacing calculation
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   569
  (two rows * two columns), return the max vertical spacing for the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   570
  row containing item1 (which may also include item2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   571
  We assume parent and item1 are not null.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   572
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   573
  If a particular row is split, then the spacings for that row and
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   574
  the following row are affected, and this function should be
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   575
  called with recalculate = true for both rows (note: only rows with both
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   576
  a label and a field can be split).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   577
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   578
  In particular:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   579
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   580
  1) the split label's row vspace needs to be changed to qMax(label/prevLabel, label/prevField)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   581
    [call with item1 = label, item2 = null, prevItem1 & prevItem2 as before]
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   582
  2) the split field's row vspace needs to be changed to the label/field spacing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   583
    [call with item1 = field, item2 = null, prevItem1 = label, prevItem2 = null]
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   584
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   585
 [if the next row has one item, 'item']
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   586
  3a) the following row's vspace needs to be changed to item/field spacing (would
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   587
      previously been the qMax(item/label, item/field) spacings)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   588
    [call with item1 = item, item2 = null, prevItem1 = field, prevItem2 = null]
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   589
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   590
  [if the next row has two items, 'label2' and 'field2']
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   591
  3b) the following row's vspace needs to be changed to be qMax(field/label2, field/field2) spacing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   592
    [call with item1 = label2, item2 = field2, prevItem1 = field, prevItem2 = null]
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   593
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   594
  In the (common) non split case, we can just use the precalculated vspace (possibly qMaxed between
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   595
  label and field).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   596
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   597
  If recalculate is true, we expect:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   598
  -  parent != null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   599
  -  item1 != null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   600
  -  item2 can be null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   601
  -  prevItem1 can be null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   602
  -  if item2 is not null, prevItem2 will be null (e.g. steps 1 or 3 above)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   603
  -  if prevItem1 is null, prevItem2 will be null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   604
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   605
static inline int spacingHelper(QWidget* parent, QStyle *style, int userVSpacing, bool recalculate, QFormLayoutItem* item1, QFormLayoutItem* item2, QFormLayoutItem* prevItem1, QFormLayoutItem *prevItem2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   606
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   607
    int spacing = userVSpacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   608
    if (spacing < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   609
        if (!recalculate) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   610
            if (item1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   611
                spacing = item1->vSpace;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   612
            if (item2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   613
                spacing = qMax(spacing, item2->vSpace);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   614
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   615
            if (style && prevItem1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   616
                QSizePolicy::ControlTypes itemtypes =
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   617
                    QSizePolicy::ControlTypes(item1 ? item1->controlTypes() : QSizePolicy::DefaultType);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   618
                int spacing2 = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   619
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   620
                spacing = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(itemtypes, prevItem1->controlTypes(), Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   621
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   622
                // At most of one of item2 and prevItem2 will be nonnull
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   623
                if (item2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   624
                    spacing2 = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(item2->controlTypes(), prevItem1->controlTypes(), Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   625
                else if (prevItem2)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   626
                    spacing2 = style->combinedLayoutSpacing(itemtypes, prevItem2->controlTypes(), Qt::Vertical, 0, parent);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   627
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   628
                spacing = qMax(spacing, spacing2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   629
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   630
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   631
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   632
        if (prevItem1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   633
            QWidget *wid = prevItem1->item->widget();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   634
            if (wid)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   635
                spacing = qMax(spacing, prevItem1->geometry().top() - wid->geometry().top() );
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   636
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   637
        if (prevItem2) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   638
            QWidget *wid = prevItem2->item->widget();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   639
            if (wid)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   640
                spacing = qMax(spacing, prevItem2->geometry().top() - wid->geometry().top() );
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   641
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   642
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   643
    return spacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   644
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   645
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   646
static inline void initLayoutStruct(QLayoutStruct& sl, QFormLayoutItem* item)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   647
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   648
    sl.init(item->vStretch(), item->minSize.height());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   649
    sl.sizeHint = item->sizeHint.height();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   650
    sl.maximumSize = item->maxSize.height();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   651
    sl.expansive = (item->expandingDirections() & Qt::Vertical);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   652
    sl.empty = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   653
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   654
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   655
void QFormLayoutPrivate::setupVerticalLayoutData(int width)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   656
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   657
    Q_Q(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   658
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   659
    // Early out if we have no changes that would cause a change in vertical layout
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   660
    if ((width == layoutWidth || (width >= thresh_width && layoutWidth >= thresh_width)) && !dirty && !sizesDirty)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   661
        return;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   662
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   663
    layoutWidth = width;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   664
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   665
    int rr = m_matrix.rowCount();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   666
    int vidx = 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   667
    QFormLayout::RowWrapPolicy rowWrapPolicy = q->rowWrapPolicy();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   668
    bool wrapAllRows = (rowWrapPolicy == QFormLayout::WrapAllRows);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   669
    bool addTopBottomStretch = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   670
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   671
    vLayouts.clear();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   672
    vLayouts.resize((2 * rr) + 2); // a max, some may be unused
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   673
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   674
    QStyle *style = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   675
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   676
    int userVSpacing = q->verticalSpacing();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   677
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   678
    if (userVSpacing < 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   679
        if (QWidget *widget = q->parentWidget())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   680
            style = widget->style();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   681
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   682
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   683
    // make sure our sizes are up to date
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   684
    updateSizes();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   685
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   686
    // Grab the widest label width here
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   687
    // This might be different from the value computed during
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   688
    // sizeHint/minSize, since we don't count label/field pairs that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   689
    // are split.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   690
    maxLabelWidth = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   691
    if (!wrapAllRows) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   692
        for (int i = 0; i < rr; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   693
            const QFormLayoutItem *label = m_matrix(i, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   694
            const QFormLayoutItem *field = m_matrix(i, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   695
            if (label && (label->sizeHint.width() + (field ? field->minSize.width() : 0) <= width))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   696
                maxLabelWidth = qMax(maxLabelWidth, label->sizeHint.width());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   697
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   698
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   699
        maxLabelWidth = width;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   700
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   701
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   702
    QFormLayoutItem *prevItem1 = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   703
    QFormLayoutItem *prevItem2 = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   704
    bool prevRowSplit = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   705
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   706
    for (int i = 0; i < rr; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   707
        QFormLayoutItem *label =  m_matrix(i, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   708
        QFormLayoutItem *field = m_matrix(i, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   709
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   710
        // Totally ignore empty rows...
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   711
        if (!label && !field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   712
            continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   713
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   714
        QSize min1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   715
        QSize min2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   716
        QSize sh1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   717
        QSize sh2;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   718
        if (label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   719
            min1 = label->minSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   720
            sh1 = label->sizeHint;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   721
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   722
        if (field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   723
            min2 = field->minSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   724
            sh2 = field->sizeHint;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   725
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   726
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   727
        // In separate lines, we make a vLayout for everything that isn't null
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   728
        // in side by side, we only separate label/field if we're going to wrap it
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   729
        bool splitSideBySide = (rowWrapPolicy == QFormLayout::WrapLongRows)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   730
                                && ((maxLabelWidth < sh1.width()) || (width < (maxLabelWidth + min2.width())));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   731
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   732
        if (wrapAllRows || splitSideBySide) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   733
            if (label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   734
                initLayoutStruct(vLayouts[vidx], label);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   735
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   736
                if (vidx > 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   737
                    vLayouts[vidx - 1].spacing = spacingHelper(q->parentWidget(), style, userVSpacing, splitSideBySide || prevRowSplit, label, 0, prevItem1, prevItem2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   738
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   739
                label->vLayoutIndex = vidx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   740
                label->sideBySide = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   741
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   742
                prevItem1 = label;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   743
                prevItem2 = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   744
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   745
                if (vLayouts[vidx].stretch > 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   746
                    addTopBottomStretch = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   747
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   748
                ++vidx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   749
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   750
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   751
            if (field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   752
                initLayoutStruct(vLayouts[vidx], field);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   753
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   754
                if (vidx > 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   755
                    vLayouts[vidx - 1].spacing = spacingHelper(q->parentWidget(), style, userVSpacing, splitSideBySide || prevRowSplit, field, 0, prevItem1, prevItem2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   756
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   757
                field->vLayoutIndex = vidx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   758
                field->sideBySide = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   759
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   760
                prevItem1 = field;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   761
                prevItem2 = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   762
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   763
                if (vLayouts[vidx].stretch > 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   764
                    addTopBottomStretch = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   765
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   766
                ++vidx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   767
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   768
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   769
            prevRowSplit = splitSideBySide;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   770
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   771
            // we're in side by side mode, and we have enough space to do that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   772
            QSize max1(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   773
            QSize max2(QWIDGETSIZE_MAX, QWIDGETSIZE_MAX);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   774
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   775
            int stretch1 = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   776
            int stretch2 = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   777
            bool expanding = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   778
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   779
            if (label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   780
                max1 = label->maxSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   781
                if (label->expandingDirections() & Qt::Vertical)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   782
                    expanding = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   783
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   784
                label->sideBySide = (field != 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   785
                label->vLayoutIndex = vidx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   786
                stretch1 = label->vStretch();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   787
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   788
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   789
            if (field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   790
                max2 = field->maxSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   791
                if (field->expandingDirections() & Qt::Vertical)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   792
                    expanding = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   793
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   794
                field->sideBySide = (label || !field->fullRow);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   795
                field->vLayoutIndex = vidx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   796
                stretch2 = field->vStretch();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   797
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   798
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   799
            vLayouts[vidx].init(qMax(stretch1, stretch2), qMax(min1.height(), min2.height()));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   800
            vLayouts[vidx].sizeHint = qMax(sh1.height(), sh2.height());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   801
            vLayouts[vidx].maximumSize = qMin(max1.height(), max2.height());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   802
            vLayouts[vidx].expansive = expanding || (vLayouts[vidx].stretch > 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   803
            vLayouts[vidx].empty = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   804
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   805
            if (vLayouts[vidx].stretch > 0)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   806
                addTopBottomStretch = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   807
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   808
            if (vidx > 1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   809
                vLayouts[vidx - 1].spacing = spacingHelper(q->parentWidget(), style, userVSpacing, prevRowSplit, label, field, prevItem1, prevItem2);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   810
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   811
            if (label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   812
                prevItem1 = label;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   813
                prevItem2 = field;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   814
            } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   815
                prevItem1 = field;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   816
                prevItem2 = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   817
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   818
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   819
            prevRowSplit = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   820
            ++vidx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   821
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   822
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   823
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   824
    if (addTopBottomStretch) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   825
        Qt::Alignment formAlignment = q->formAlignment();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   826
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   827
        if (!(formAlignment & Qt::AlignBottom)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   828
            // AlignTop (default if unspecified) or AlignVCenter: We add a stretch at the bottom
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   829
            vLayouts[vidx].init(1, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   830
            vLayouts[vidx].expansive = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   831
            ++vidx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   832
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   833
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   834
        if (formAlignment & (Qt::AlignVCenter | Qt::AlignBottom)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   835
            // AlignVCenter or AlignBottom: We add a stretch at the top
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   836
            vLayouts[0].init(1, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   837
            vLayouts[0].expansive = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   838
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   839
            vLayouts[0].init(0, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   840
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   841
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   842
        vLayouts[0].init(0, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   843
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   844
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   845
    vLayoutCount = vidx;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   846
    dirty = false;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   847
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   848
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   849
void QFormLayoutPrivate::setupHorizontalLayoutData(int width)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   850
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   851
    Q_Q(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   852
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   853
    // requires setupVerticalLayoutData to be called first
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   854
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   855
    int fieldMaxWidth = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   856
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   857
    int rr = m_matrix.rowCount();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   858
    bool wrapAllRows = (q->rowWrapPolicy() == QFormLayout::WrapAllRows);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   859
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   860
    for (int i = 0; i < rr; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   861
        QFormLayoutItem *label = m_matrix(i, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   862
        QFormLayoutItem *field = m_matrix(i, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   863
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   864
        // Totally ignore empty rows...
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   865
        if (!label && !field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   866
            continue;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   867
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   868
        if (label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   869
            // if there is a field, and we're side by side, we use maxLabelWidth
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   870
            // otherwise we just use the sizehint
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   871
            label->layoutWidth = (field && label->sideBySide) ? maxLabelWidth : label->sizeHint.width();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   872
            label->layoutPos = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   873
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   874
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   875
        if (field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   876
            // This is the default amount allotted to fields in sbs
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   877
            int fldwidth = width - maxLabelWidth - field->sbsHSpace;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   878
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   879
            // If we've split a row, we still decide to align
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   880
            // the field with all the other field if it will fit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   881
            // Fields in sbs mode get the remnants of the maxLabelWidth
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   882
            if (!field->sideBySide) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   883
                if (wrapAllRows || (!label && field->fullRow) || field->sizeHint.width() > fldwidth) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   884
                    field->layoutWidth = width;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   885
                    field->layoutPos = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   886
                } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   887
                    field->layoutWidth = fldwidth;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   888
                    field->layoutPos = width - fldwidth;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   889
                }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   890
            } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   891
                // We're sbs, so we should have a label
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   892
                field->layoutWidth = fldwidth;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   893
                field->layoutPos = width - fldwidth;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   894
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   895
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   896
            fieldMaxWidth = qMax(fieldMaxWidth, field->maxSize.width());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   897
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   898
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   899
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   900
    formMaxWidth = maxLabelWidth + fieldMaxWidth;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   901
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   902
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   903
void QFormLayoutPrivate::calcSizeHints()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   904
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   905
    Q_Q(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   906
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   907
    int leftMargin, topMargin, rightMargin, bottomMargin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   908
    q->getContentsMargins(&leftMargin, &topMargin, &rightMargin, &bottomMargin);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   909
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   910
    updateSizes();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   911
    setupVerticalLayoutData(QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   912
    // Don't need to call setupHorizontal here
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   913
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   914
    int h = topMargin + bottomMargin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   915
    int mh = topMargin + bottomMargin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   916
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   917
    // The following are set in updateSizes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   918
    int w = sh_width + leftMargin + rightMargin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   919
    int mw = min_width + leftMargin + rightMargin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   920
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   921
    for (int i = 0; i < vLayoutCount; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   922
        int spacing = vLayouts.at(i).spacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   923
        h += vLayouts.at(i).sizeHint + spacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   924
        mh += vLayouts.at(i).minimumSize + spacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   925
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   926
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   927
    minSize.rwidth() = qMin(mw, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   928
    minSize.rheight() = qMin(mh, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   929
    prefSize.rwidth() = qMin(w, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   930
    prefSize.rheight() = qMin(h, QLAYOUTSIZE_MAX);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   931
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   932
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   933
int QFormLayoutPrivate::insertRow(int row)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   934
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   935
    int rowCnt = m_matrix.rowCount();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   936
    if (uint(row) > uint(rowCnt))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   937
        row = rowCnt;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   938
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   939
    insertRows(row, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   940
    return row;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   941
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   942
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   943
void QFormLayoutPrivate::insertRows(int row, int count)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   944
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   945
    while (count > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   946
        m_matrix.insertRow(row, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   947
        --count;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   948
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   949
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   950
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   951
void QFormLayoutPrivate::setItem(int row, QFormLayout::ItemRole role, QLayoutItem *item)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   952
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   953
    const bool fullRow = role == QFormLayout::SpanningRole;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   954
    const int column =  role == QFormLayout::SpanningRole ? 1 : static_cast<int>(role);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   955
    if (uint(row) >= uint(m_matrix.rowCount()) || uint(column) > 1U) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   956
        qWarning("QFormLayoutPrivate::setItem: Invalid cell (%d, %d)", row, column);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   957
        return;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   958
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   959
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   960
    if (!item)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   961
        return;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   962
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   963
    if (m_matrix(row, column)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   964
        qWarning("QFormLayoutPrivate::setItem: Cell (%d, %d) already occupied", row, column);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   965
        return;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   966
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   967
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   968
    QFormLayoutItem *i = new QFormLayoutItem(item);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   969
    i->fullRow = fullRow;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   970
    m_matrix(row, column) = i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   971
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   972
    m_things.append(i);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   973
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   974
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   975
void QFormLayoutPrivate::setLayout(int row, QFormLayout::ItemRole role, QLayout *layout)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   976
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   977
    if (layout) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   978
        Q_Q(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   979
        q->addChildLayout(layout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   980
        setItem(row, role, layout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   981
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   982
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   983
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   984
void QFormLayoutPrivate::setWidget(int row, QFormLayout::ItemRole role, QWidget *widget)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   985
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   986
    if (widget) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   987
        Q_Q(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   988
        q->addChildWidget(widget);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   989
        setItem(row, role, QLayoutPrivate::createWidgetItem(q, widget));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   990
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   991
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   992
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   993
QStyle* QFormLayoutPrivate::getStyle() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   994
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   995
    Q_Q(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   996
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   997
    // ### cache
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   998
    if (QWidget *parentWidget = q->parentWidget())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
   999
        return parentWidget->style();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1000
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1001
        return QApplication::style();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1002
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1003
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1004
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1005
    \class QFormLayout
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1006
    \since 4.4
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1007
    \brief The QFormLayout class manages forms of input widgets and their associated labels.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1008
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1009
    \ingroup geomanagement
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1010
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1011
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1012
    QFormLayout is a convenience layout class that lays out its
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1013
    children in a two-column form. The left column consists of labels
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1014
    and the right column consists of "field" widgets (line editors,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1015
    spin boxes, etc.).
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1016
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1017
    Traditionally, such two-column form layouts were achieved using
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1018
    QGridLayout. QFormLayout is a higher-level alternative that
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1019
    provides the following advantages:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1020
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1021
    \list
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1022
    \o \bold{Adherence to the different platform's look and feel guidelines.}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1023
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1024
        For example, the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1025
        \l{Mac OS X Aqua} and KDE guidelines specify that the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1026
        labels should be right-aligned, whereas Windows and GNOME
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1027
        applications normally use left-alignment.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1028
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1029
    \o \bold{Support for wrapping long rows.}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1030
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1031
       For devices with small displays, QFormLayout can be set to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1032
       \l{WrapLongRows}{wrap long rows}, or even to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1033
       \l{WrapAllRows}{wrap all rows}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1034
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1035
    \o \bold{Convenient API for creating label--field pairs.}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1036
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1037
       The addRow() overload that takes a QString and a QWidget *
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1038
       creates a QLabel behind the scenes and automatically set up
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1039
       its buddy. We can then write code like this:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1040
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1041
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qformlayout.cpp 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1042
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1043
       Compare this with the following code, written using QGridLayout:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1044
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1045
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qformlayout.cpp 1
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1046
    \endlist
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1047
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1048
    The table below shows the default appearance in different styles.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1049
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1050
    \table
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1051
    \header
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1052
        \o QCommonStyle derived styles (except QPlastiqueStyle)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1053
        \o QMacStyle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1054
        \o QPlastiqueStyle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1055
        \o Qt Extended styles
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1056
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1057
        \o \inlineimage qformlayout-win.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1058
        \o \inlineimage qformlayout-mac.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1059
        \o \inlineimage qformlayout-kde.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1060
        \o \inlineimage qformlayout-qpe.png
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1061
    \row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1062
        \o Traditional style used for Windows, GNOME, and earlier
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1063
           versions of KDE. Labels are left aligned, and expanding
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1064
           fields grow to fill the available space. (This normally
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1065
           corresponds to what we would get using a two-column
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1066
           QGridLayout.)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1067
        \o Style based on the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1068
           \l{Mac OS X Aqua} guidelines. Labels are right-aligned,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1069
           the fields don't grow beyond their size hint, and the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1070
           form is horizontally centered.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1071
        \o Recommended style for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1072
           \l{KDE applications}. Similar to MacStyle, except that the form
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1073
           is left-aligned and all fields grow to fill the available
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1074
           space.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1075
        \o Default style for Qt Extended styles. Labels are right-aligned,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1076
           expanding fields grow to fill the available space, and row
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1077
           wrapping is enabled for long lines.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1078
    \endtable
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1079
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1080
    The form styles can be also be overridden individually by calling
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1081
    setLabelAlignment(), setFormAlignment(), setFieldGrowthPolicy(),
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1082
    and setRowWrapPolicy().  For example, to simulate the form layout
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1083
    appearance of QMacStyle on all platforms, but with left-aligned
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1084
    labels, you could write:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1085
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1086
    \snippet doc/src/snippets/code/src_gui_kernel_qformlayout.cpp 2
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1087
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1088
    \sa QGridLayout, QBoxLayout, QStackedLayout
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1089
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1090
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1091
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1092
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1093
    \enum QFormLayout::FieldGrowthPolicy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1094
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1095
    This enum specifies the different policies that can be used to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1096
    control the way in which the form's fields grow.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1097
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1098
    \value FieldsStayAtSizeHint
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1099
           The fields never grow beyond their
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1100
           \l{QWidgetItem::sizeHint()}{effective size hint}. This is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1101
           the default for QMacStyle.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1102
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1103
    \value ExpandingFieldsGrow
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1104
           Fields with an horizontal \l{QSizePolicy}{size policy} of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1105
           \l{QSizePolicy::}{Expanding} or
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1106
           \l{QSizePolicy::}{MinimumExpanding} will grow to fill the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1107
           available space. The other fields will not grow beyond
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1108
           their effective size hint. This is the default policy for
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1109
           Plastique.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1110
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1111
    \value AllNonFixedFieldsGrow
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1112
           All fields with a size policy that allows them to grow
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1113
           will grow to fill the available space. This is the default
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1114
           policy for most styles.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1115
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1116
    \sa fieldGrowthPolicy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1117
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1118
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1119
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1120
    \enum QFormLayout::RowWrapPolicy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1121
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1122
    This enum specifies the different policies that can be used to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1123
    control the way in which the form's rows wrap.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1124
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1125
    \value DontWrapRows
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1126
           Fields are always laid out next to their label.  This is
3
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  1127
           the default policy for all styles except Qt Extended styles
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  1128
           and QS60Style.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1129
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1130
    \value WrapLongRows
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1131
           Labels are given enough horizontal space to fit the widest label,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1132
           and the rest of the space is given to the fields. If the minimum
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1133
           size of a field pair is wider than the available space, the field
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1134
           is wrapped to the next line.  This is the default policy for
3
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  1135
           Qt Extended styles and and QS60Style.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1136
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1137
    \value WrapAllRows
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1138
           Fields are always laid out below their label.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1139
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1140
    \sa rowWrapPolicy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1141
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1142
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1143
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1144
    \enum QFormLayout::ItemRole
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1145
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1146
    This enum specifies the types of widgets (or other layout items)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1147
    that may appear in a row.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1148
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1149
    \value LabelRole A label widget.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1150
    \value FieldRole A field widget.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1151
    \value SpanningRole A widget that spans label and field columns.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1152
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1153
    \sa itemAt(), getItemPosition()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1154
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1155
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1156
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1157
    Constructs a new form layout with the given \a parent widget.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1158
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1159
    \sa QWidget::setLayout()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1160
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1161
QFormLayout::QFormLayout(QWidget *parent)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1162
    : QLayout(*new QFormLayoutPrivate, 0, parent)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1163
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1164
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1165
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1166
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1167
    Destroys the form layout.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1168
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1169
QFormLayout::~QFormLayout()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1170
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1171
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1172
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1173
    /*
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1174
        The clearing and destruction order here is important. We start by clearing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1175
        m_things so that QLayout and the rest of the world know that we don't babysit
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1176
        the layout items anymore and don't care if they are destroyed.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1177
    */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1178
    d->m_things.clear();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1179
    qDeleteAll(d->m_matrix.storage());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1180
    d->m_matrix.clear();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1181
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1182
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1183
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1184
    Adds a new row to the bottom of this form layout, with the given
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1185
    \a label and \a field.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1186
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1187
    \sa insertRow()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1188
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1189
void QFormLayout::addRow(QWidget *label, QWidget *field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1190
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1191
    insertRow(-1, label, field);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1192
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1193
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1194
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1195
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1196
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1197
void QFormLayout::addRow(QWidget *label, QLayout *field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1198
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1199
    insertRow(-1, label, field);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1200
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1201
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1202
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1203
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1204
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1205
    This overload automatically creates a QLabel behind the scenes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1206
    with \a labelText as its text. The \a field is set as the new
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1207
    QLabel's \l{QLabel::setBuddy()}{buddy}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1208
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1209
void QFormLayout::addRow(const QString &labelText, QWidget *field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1210
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1211
    insertRow(-1, labelText, field);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1212
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1213
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1214
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1215
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1216
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1217
    This overload automatically creates a QLabel behind the scenes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1218
    with \a labelText as its text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1219
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1220
void QFormLayout::addRow(const QString &labelText, QLayout *field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1221
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1222
    insertRow(-1, labelText, field);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1223
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1224
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1225
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1226
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1227
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1228
    Adds the specified \a widget at the end of this form layout. The
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1229
    \a widget spans both columns.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1230
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1231
void QFormLayout::addRow(QWidget *widget)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1232
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1233
    insertRow(-1, widget);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1234
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1235
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1236
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1237
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1238
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1239
    Adds the specified \a layout at the end of this form layout. The
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1240
    \a layout spans both columns.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1241
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1242
void QFormLayout::addRow(QLayout *layout)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1243
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1244
    insertRow(-1, layout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1245
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1246
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1247
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1248
    Inserts a new row at position \a row in this form layout, with
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1249
    the given \a label and \a field. If \a row is out of bounds, the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1250
    new row is added at the end.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1251
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1252
    \sa addRow()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1253
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1254
void QFormLayout::insertRow(int row, QWidget *label, QWidget *field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1255
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1256
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1257
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1258
    row = d->insertRow(row);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1259
    if (label)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1260
        d->setWidget(row, LabelRole, label);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1261
    if (field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1262
        d->setWidget(row, FieldRole, field);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1263
    invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1264
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1265
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1266
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1267
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1268
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1269
void QFormLayout::insertRow(int row, QWidget *label, QLayout *field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1270
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1271
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1272
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1273
    row = d->insertRow(row);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1274
    if (label)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1275
        d->setWidget(row, LabelRole, label);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1276
    if (field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1277
        d->setLayout(row, FieldRole, field);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1278
    invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1279
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1280
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1281
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1282
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1283
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1284
    This overload automatically creates a QLabel behind the scenes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1285
    with \a labelText as its text. The \a field is set as the new
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1286
    QLabel's \l{QLabel::setBuddy()}{buddy}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1287
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1288
void QFormLayout::insertRow(int row, const QString &labelText, QWidget *field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1289
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1290
    QLabel *label = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1291
    if (!labelText.isEmpty()) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1292
        label = new QLabel(labelText);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1293
#ifndef QT_NO_SHORTCUT
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1294
        label->setBuddy(field);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1295
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1296
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1297
    insertRow(row, label, field);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1298
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1299
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1300
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1301
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1302
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1303
    This overload automatically creates a QLabel behind the scenes
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1304
    with \a labelText as its text.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1305
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1306
void QFormLayout::insertRow(int row, const QString &labelText, QLayout *field)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1307
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1308
    insertRow(row, labelText.isEmpty() ? 0 : new QLabel(labelText), field);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1309
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1310
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1311
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1312
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1313
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1314
    Inserts the specified \a widget at position \a row in this form
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1315
    layout. The \a widget spans both columns. If \a row is out of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1316
    bounds, the widget is added at the end.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1317
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1318
void QFormLayout::insertRow(int row, QWidget *widget)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1319
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1320
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1321
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1322
    if (!widget) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1323
        qWarning("QFormLayout: Cannot add null field to %s", qPrintable(objectName()));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1324
        return;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1325
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1326
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1327
    row = d->insertRow(row);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1328
    d->setWidget(row, SpanningRole, widget);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1329
    invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1330
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1331
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1332
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1333
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1334
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1335
    Inserts the specified \a layout at position \a row in this form
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1336
    layout. The \a layout spans both columns. If \a row is out of
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1337
    bounds, the widget is added at the end.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1338
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1339
void QFormLayout::insertRow(int row, QLayout *layout)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1340
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1341
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1342
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1343
    if (!layout) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1344
        qWarning("QFormLayout: Cannot add null field to %s", qPrintable(objectName()));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1345
        return;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1346
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1347
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1348
    row = d->insertRow(row);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1349
    d->setLayout(row, SpanningRole, layout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1350
    invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1351
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1352
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1353
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1354
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1355
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1356
void QFormLayout::addItem(QLayoutItem *item)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1357
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1358
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1359
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1360
    int row = d->insertRow(d->m_matrix.rowCount());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1361
    d->setItem(row, FieldRole, item);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1362
    invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1363
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1364
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1365
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1366
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1367
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1368
int QFormLayout::count() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1369
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1370
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1371
    return d->m_things.count();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1372
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1373
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1374
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1375
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1376
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1377
QLayoutItem *QFormLayout::itemAt(int index) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1378
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1379
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1380
    if (QFormLayoutItem *formItem = d->m_things.value(index))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1381
        return formItem->item;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1382
    return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1383
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1384
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1385
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1386
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1387
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1388
QLayoutItem *QFormLayout::takeAt(int index)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1389
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1390
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1391
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1392
    const int storageIndex = storageIndexFromLayoutItem(d->m_matrix, d->m_things.value(index));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1393
    if (storageIndex == -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1394
        qWarning("QFormLayout::takeAt: Invalid index %d", index);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1395
        return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1396
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1397
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1398
    int row, col;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1399
    QFormLayoutPrivate::ItemMatrix::storageIndexToPosition(storageIndex, &row, &col);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1400
    Q_ASSERT(d->m_matrix(row, col));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1401
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1402
    QFormLayoutItem *item = d->m_matrix(row, col);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1403
    Q_ASSERT(item);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1404
    d->m_things.removeAt(index);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1405
    d->m_matrix(row, col) = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1406
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1407
    invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1408
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1409
    // grab ownership back from the QFormLayoutItem
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1410
    QLayoutItem *i = item->item;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1411
    item->item = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1412
    delete item;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1413
    return i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1414
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1415
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1416
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1417
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1418
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1419
Qt::Orientations QFormLayout::expandingDirections() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1420
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1421
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1422
    QFormLayoutPrivate *e = const_cast<QFormLayoutPrivate *>(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1423
    e->updateSizes();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1424
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1425
    Qt::Orientations o = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1426
    if (e->expandHorizontal)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1427
        o = Qt::Horizontal;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1428
    if (e->expandVertical)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1429
        o |= Qt::Vertical;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1430
    return o;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1431
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1432
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1433
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1434
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1435
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1436
bool QFormLayout::hasHeightForWidth() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1437
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1438
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1439
    QFormLayoutPrivate *e = const_cast<QFormLayoutPrivate *>(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1440
    e->updateSizes();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1441
    return (d->has_hfw || rowWrapPolicy() == WrapLongRows);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1442
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1443
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1444
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1445
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1446
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1447
int QFormLayout::heightForWidth(int width) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1448
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1449
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1450
    if (!hasHeightForWidth())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1451
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1452
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1453
    int leftMargin, topMargin, rightMargin, bottomMargin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1454
    getContentsMargins(&leftMargin, &topMargin, &rightMargin, &bottomMargin);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1455
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1456
    int targetWidth = width - leftMargin - rightMargin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1457
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1458
    if (!d->haveHfwCached(targetWidth)) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1459
        QFormLayoutPrivate *dat = const_cast<QFormLayoutPrivate *>(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1460
        dat->setupVerticalLayoutData(targetWidth);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1461
        dat->setupHorizontalLayoutData(targetWidth);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1462
        dat->recalcHFW(targetWidth);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1463
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1464
    if (targetWidth == d->sh_width)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1465
        return d->hfw_sh_height + topMargin + bottomMargin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1466
    else
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1467
        return d->hfw_height + topMargin + bottomMargin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1468
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1469
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1470
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1471
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1472
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1473
void QFormLayout::setGeometry(const QRect &rect)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1474
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1475
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1476
    if (d->dirty || rect != geometry()) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1477
        QRect cr = rect;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1478
        int leftMargin, topMargin, rightMargin, bottomMargin;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1479
        getContentsMargins(&leftMargin, &topMargin, &rightMargin, &bottomMargin);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1480
        cr.adjust(+leftMargin, +topMargin, -rightMargin, -bottomMargin);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1481
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1482
        bool hfw = hasHeightForWidth();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1483
        d->setupVerticalLayoutData(cr.width());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1484
        d->setupHorizontalLayoutData(cr.width());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1485
        if (hfw && (!d->haveHfwCached(cr.width()) || d->hfwLayouts.size() != d->vLayoutCount))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1486
            d->recalcHFW(cr.width());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1487
        if (hfw) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1488
            qGeomCalc(d->hfwLayouts, 0, d->vLayoutCount, cr.y(), cr.height());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1489
            d->arrangeWidgets(d->hfwLayouts, cr);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1490
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1491
            qGeomCalc(d->vLayouts, 0, d->vLayoutCount, cr.y(), cr.height());
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1492
            d->arrangeWidgets(d->vLayouts, cr);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1493
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1494
        QLayout::setGeometry(rect);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1495
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1496
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1497
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1498
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1499
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1500
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1501
QSize QFormLayout::sizeHint() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1502
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1503
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1504
    if (!d->prefSize.isValid()) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1505
        QFormLayoutPrivate *dat = const_cast<QFormLayoutPrivate *>(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1506
        dat->calcSizeHints();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1507
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1508
    return d->prefSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1509
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1510
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1511
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1512
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1513
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1514
QSize QFormLayout::minimumSize() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1515
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1516
    // ### fix minimumSize if hfw
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1517
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1518
    if (!d->minSize.isValid()) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1519
        QFormLayoutPrivate *dat = const_cast<QFormLayoutPrivate *>(d);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1520
        dat->calcSizeHints();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1521
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1522
    return d->minSize;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1523
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1524
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1525
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1526
    \reimp
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1527
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1528
void QFormLayout::invalidate()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1529
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1530
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1531
    d->dirty = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1532
    d->sizesDirty = true;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1533
    d->minSize = QSize();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1534
    d->prefSize = QSize();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1535
    d->formMaxWidth = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1536
    d->hfw_width = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1537
    d->sh_width = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1538
    d->layoutWidth = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1539
    d->hfw_sh_height = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1540
    QLayout::invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1541
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1542
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1543
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1544
    Returns the number of rows in the form.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1545
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1546
    \sa QLayout::count()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1547
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1548
int QFormLayout::rowCount() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1549
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1550
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1551
    return d->m_matrix.rowCount();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1552
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1553
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1554
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1555
    Returns the layout item in the given \a row with the specified \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1556
    role (column). Returns 0 if there is no such item.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1557
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1558
    \sa QLayout::itemAt(), setItem()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1559
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1560
QLayoutItem *QFormLayout::itemAt(int row, ItemRole role) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1561
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1562
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1563
    if (uint(row) >= uint(d->m_matrix.rowCount()))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1564
        return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1565
    switch (role) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1566
    case SpanningRole:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1567
        if (QFormLayoutItem *item = d->m_matrix(row, 1))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1568
            if (item->fullRow)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1569
                return item->item;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1570
        break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1571
    case LabelRole:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1572
    case FieldRole:
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1573
        if (QFormLayoutItem *item = d->m_matrix(row, (role == LabelRole) ? 0 : 1))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1574
            return item->item;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1575
        break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1576
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1577
    return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1578
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1579
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1580
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1581
    Retrieves the row and role (column) of the item at the specified
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1582
    \a index. If \a index is out of bounds, *\a rowPtr is set to -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1583
    otherwise the row is stored in *\a rowPtr and the role is stored
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1584
    in *\a rolePtr.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1585
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1586
    \sa itemAt(), count(), getLayoutPosition(), getWidgetPosition()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1587
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1588
void QFormLayout::getItemPosition(int index, int *rowPtr, ItemRole *rolePtr) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1589
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1590
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1591
    int col = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1592
    int row = -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1593
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1594
    const int storageIndex = storageIndexFromLayoutItem(d->m_matrix, d->m_things.value(index));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1595
    if (storageIndex != -1)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1596
        QFormLayoutPrivate::ItemMatrix::storageIndexToPosition(storageIndex, &row, &col);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1597
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1598
    if (rowPtr)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1599
        *rowPtr = row;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1600
    if (rolePtr && col != -1) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1601
        const bool spanning = col == 1 && d->m_matrix(row, col)->fullRow;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1602
        if (spanning) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1603
            *rolePtr = SpanningRole;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1604
        } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1605
            *rolePtr = ItemRole(col);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1606
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1607
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1608
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1609
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1610
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1611
    Retrieves the row and role (column) of the specified child \a
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1612
    layout. If \a layout is not in the form layout, *\a rowPtr is set
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1613
    to -1; otherwise the row is stored in *\a rowPtr and the role is stored
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1614
    in *\a rolePtr.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1615
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1616
void QFormLayout::getLayoutPosition(QLayout *layout, int *rowPtr, ItemRole *rolePtr) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1617
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1618
    int n = count();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1619
    int index = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1620
    while (index < n) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1621
        if (itemAt(index) == layout)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1622
            break;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1623
        ++index;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1624
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1625
    getItemPosition(index, rowPtr, rolePtr);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1626
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1627
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1628
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1629
    Retrieves the row and role (column) of the specified \a widget in
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1630
    the layout. If \a widget is not in the layout, *\a rowPtr is set
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1631
    to -1; otherwise the row is stored in *\a rowPtr and the role is stored
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1632
    in *\a rolePtr.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1633
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1634
    \sa getItemPosition(), itemAt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1635
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1636
void QFormLayout::getWidgetPosition(QWidget *widget, int *rowPtr, ItemRole *rolePtr) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1637
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1638
    getItemPosition(indexOf(widget), rowPtr, rolePtr);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1639
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1640
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1641
// ### eliminate labelForField()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1642
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1643
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1644
    Returns the label associated with the given \a field.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1645
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1646
    \sa itemAt()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1647
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1648
QWidget *QFormLayout::labelForField(QWidget *field) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1649
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1650
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1651
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1652
    int row;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1653
    ItemRole role;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1654
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1655
    getWidgetPosition(field, &row, &role);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1656
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1657
    if (row != -1 && role == FieldRole) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1658
        if (QFormLayoutItem *label = d->m_matrix(row, LabelRole))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1659
            return label->widget();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1660
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1661
    return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1662
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1663
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1664
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1665
    \overload
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1666
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1667
QWidget *QFormLayout::labelForField(QLayout *field) const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1668
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1669
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1670
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1671
    int row;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1672
    ItemRole role;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1673
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1674
    getLayoutPosition(field, &row, &role);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1675
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1676
    if (row != -1 && role == FieldRole) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1677
        if (QFormLayoutItem *label = d->m_matrix(row, LabelRole))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1678
            return label->widget();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1679
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1680
    return 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1681
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1682
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1683
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1684
    \property QFormLayout::fieldGrowthPolicy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1685
    \brief the way in which the form's fields grow
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1686
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1687
    The default value depends on the widget or application style. For
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1688
    QMacStyle, the default is FieldsStayAtSizeHint; for QCommonStyle
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1689
    derived styles (like Plastique and Windows), the default
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1690
    is ExpandingFieldsGrow; for Qt Extended styles, the default is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1691
    AllNonFixedFieldsGrow.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1692
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1693
    If none of the fields can grow and the form is resized, extra
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1694
    space is distributed according to the current
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1695
    \l{formAlignment}{form alignment}.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1696
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1697
    \sa formAlignment, rowWrapPolicy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1698
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1699
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1700
void QFormLayout::setFieldGrowthPolicy(FieldGrowthPolicy policy)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1701
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1702
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1703
    if (FieldGrowthPolicy(d->fieldGrowthPolicy) != policy) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1704
        d->fieldGrowthPolicy = policy;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1705
        invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1706
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1707
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1708
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1709
QFormLayout::FieldGrowthPolicy QFormLayout::fieldGrowthPolicy() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1710
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1711
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1712
    if (d->fieldGrowthPolicy == DefaultFieldGrowthPolicy) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1713
        return QFormLayout::FieldGrowthPolicy(d->getStyle()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_FormLayoutFieldGrowthPolicy));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1714
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1715
        return QFormLayout::FieldGrowthPolicy(d->fieldGrowthPolicy);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1716
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1717
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1718
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1719
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1720
    \property QFormLayout::rowWrapPolicy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1721
    \brief the way in which the form's rows wrap
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1722
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1723
    The default value depends on the widget or application style. For
3
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  1724
    Qt Extended styles and QS60Style, the default is WrapLongRows;
41300fa6a67c Revision: 201003
Dremov Kirill (Nokia-D-MSW/Tampere) <kirill.dremov@nokia.com>
parents: 0
diff changeset
  1725
    for the other styles, the default is DontWrapRows.
0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1726
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1727
    If you want to display each label above its associated field
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1728
    (instead of next to it), set this property to WrapAllRows.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1729
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1730
    \sa fieldGrowthPolicy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1731
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1732
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1733
void QFormLayout::setRowWrapPolicy(RowWrapPolicy policy)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1734
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1735
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1736
    if (RowWrapPolicy(d->rowWrapPolicy) != policy) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1737
        d->rowWrapPolicy = policy;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1738
        invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1739
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1740
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1741
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1742
QFormLayout::RowWrapPolicy QFormLayout::rowWrapPolicy() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1743
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1744
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1745
    if (d->rowWrapPolicy == DefaultRowWrapPolicy) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1746
        return QFormLayout::RowWrapPolicy(d->getStyle()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_FormLayoutWrapPolicy));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1747
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1748
        return QFormLayout::RowWrapPolicy(d->rowWrapPolicy);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1749
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1750
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1751
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1752
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1753
    \property QFormLayout::labelAlignment
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1754
    \brief the horizontal alignment of the labels
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1755
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1756
    The default value depends on the widget or application style. For
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1757
    QCommonStyle derived styles, except for QPlastiqueStyle, the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1758
    default is Qt::AlignLeft; for the other styles, the default is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1759
    Qt::AlignRight.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1760
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1761
    \sa formAlignment
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1762
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1763
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1764
void QFormLayout::setLabelAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1765
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1766
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1767
    if (d->labelAlignment != alignment) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1768
        d->labelAlignment = alignment;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1769
        invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1770
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1771
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1772
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1773
Qt::Alignment QFormLayout::labelAlignment() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1774
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1775
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1776
    if (!d->labelAlignment) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1777
        return Qt::Alignment(d->getStyle()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_FormLayoutLabelAlignment));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1778
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1779
        return d->labelAlignment;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1780
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1781
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1782
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1783
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1784
    \property QFormLayout::formAlignment
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1785
    \brief the alignment of the form layout's contents within the layout's geometry
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1786
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1787
    The default value depends on the widget or application style. For
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1788
    QMacStyle, the default is Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignTop; for the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1789
    other styles, the default is Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignTop.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1790
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1791
    \sa labelAlignment, rowWrapPolicy
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1792
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1793
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1794
void QFormLayout::setFormAlignment(Qt::Alignment alignment)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1795
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1796
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1797
    if (d->formAlignment != alignment) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1798
        d->formAlignment = alignment;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1799
        invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1800
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1801
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1802
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1803
Qt::Alignment QFormLayout::formAlignment() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1804
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1805
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1806
    if (!d->formAlignment) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1807
        return Qt::Alignment(d->getStyle()->styleHint(QStyle::SH_FormLayoutFormAlignment));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1808
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1809
        return d->formAlignment;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1810
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1811
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1812
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1813
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1814
    \property QFormLayout::horizontalSpacing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1815
    \brief the spacing between widgets that are laid out side by side
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1816
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1817
    By default, if no value is explicitly set, the layout's horizontal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1818
    spacing is inherited from the parent layout, or from the style settings
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1819
    for the parent widget.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1820
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1821
    \sa verticalSpacing, QStyle::pixelMetric(), {QStyle::}{PM_LayoutHorizontalSpacing}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1822
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1823
void QFormLayout::setHorizontalSpacing(int spacing)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1824
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1825
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1826
    if (spacing != d->hSpacing) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1827
        d->hSpacing = spacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1828
        invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1829
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1830
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1831
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1832
int QFormLayout::horizontalSpacing() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1833
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1834
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1835
    if (d->hSpacing >= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1836
        return d->hSpacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1837
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1838
        return qSmartSpacing(this, QStyle::PM_LayoutHorizontalSpacing);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1839
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1840
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1841
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1842
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1843
    \property QFormLayout::verticalSpacing
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1844
    \brief the spacing between widgets that are laid out vertically
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1845
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1846
    By default, if no value is explicitly set, the layout's vertical spacing is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1847
    inherited from the parent layout, or from the style settings for the parent
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1848
    widget.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1849
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1850
    \sa horizontalSpacing, QStyle::pixelMetric(), {QStyle::}{PM_LayoutHorizontalSpacing}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1851
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1852
void QFormLayout::setVerticalSpacing(int spacing)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1853
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1854
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1855
    if (spacing != d->vSpacing) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1856
        d->vSpacing = spacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1857
        invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1858
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1859
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1860
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1861
int QFormLayout::verticalSpacing() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1862
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1863
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1864
    if (d->vSpacing >= 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1865
        return d->vSpacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1866
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1867
        return qSmartSpacing(this, QStyle::PM_LayoutVerticalSpacing);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1868
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1869
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1870
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1871
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1872
    This function sets both the vertical and horizontal spacing to
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1873
    \a spacing.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1874
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1875
    \sa setVerticalSpacing(), setHorizontalSpacing()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1876
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1877
void QFormLayout::setSpacing(int spacing)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1878
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1879
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1880
    d->vSpacing = d->hSpacing = spacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1881
    invalidate();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1882
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1883
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1884
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1885
    If the vertical spacing is equal to the horizontal spacing,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1886
    this function returns that value; otherwise it returns -1.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1887
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1888
    \sa setSpacing(), verticalSpacing(), horizontalSpacing()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1889
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1890
int QFormLayout::spacing() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1891
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1892
    int hSpacing = horizontalSpacing();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1893
    if (hSpacing == verticalSpacing()) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1894
        return hSpacing;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1895
    } else {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1896
        return -1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1897
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1898
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1899
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1900
void QFormLayoutPrivate::arrangeWidgets(const QVector<QLayoutStruct>& layouts, QRect &rect)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1901
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1902
    Q_Q(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1903
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1904
    int i;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1905
    const int rr = m_matrix.rowCount();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1906
    QWidget *w = q->parentWidget();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1907
    Qt::LayoutDirection layoutDirection = w ? w->layoutDirection() : QApplication::layoutDirection();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1908
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1909
    Qt::Alignment formAlignment = fixedAlignment(q->formAlignment(), layoutDirection);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1910
    int leftOffset = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1911
    int delta = rect.width() - formMaxWidth;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1912
    if (formAlignment & (Qt::AlignHCenter | Qt::AlignRight) && delta > 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1913
        leftOffset = delta;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1914
        if (formAlignment & Qt::AlignHCenter)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1915
            leftOffset >>= 1;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1916
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1917
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1918
    for (i = 0; i < rr; ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1919
        QFormLayoutItem *label = m_matrix(i, 0);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1920
        QFormLayoutItem *field = m_matrix(i, 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1921
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1922
        if (label) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1923
            int height = layouts.at(label->vLayoutIndex).size;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1924
            if ((label->expandingDirections() & Qt::Vertical) == 0) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1925
                /*
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1926
                    If the field on the right-hand side is tall,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1927
                    we want the label to be top-aligned, but not too
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1928
                    much. So we introduce a 5 / 4 factor so that it
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1929
                    gets a few extra pixels at the top.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1930
                */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1931
                height = qMin(height,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1932
                              qMin(label->sizeHint.height() * 5 / 4,
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1933
                                   label->maxSize.height()));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1934
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1935
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1936
            QSize sz(qMin(label->layoutWidth, label->sizeHint.width()), height);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1937
            int x = leftOffset + rect.x() + label->layoutPos;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1938
            if (fixedAlignment(q->labelAlignment(), layoutDirection) & Qt::AlignRight)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1939
                x += label->layoutWidth - sz.width();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1940
            QPoint p(x, layouts.at(label->vLayoutIndex).pos);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1941
            // ### expansion & sizepolicy stuff
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1942
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1943
            label->setGeometry(QStyle::visualRect(layoutDirection, rect, QRect(p, sz)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1944
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1945
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1946
        if (field) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1947
            QSize sz(field->layoutWidth, layouts.at(field->vLayoutIndex).size);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1948
            QPoint p(field->layoutPos + leftOffset + rect.x(), layouts.at(field->vLayoutIndex).pos);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1949
/*
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1950
            if ((field->widget() && field->widget()->sizePolicy().horizontalPolicy() & (QSizePolicy::GrowFlag | QSizePolicy::ExpandFlag | QSizePolicy::IgnoreFlag))
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1951
                || (field->layout() && sz.width() < field->maxSize.width())) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1952
                sz.rwidth() = field->layoutWidth;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1953
            }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1954
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1955
            if (field->maxSize.isValid())
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1956
                sz = sz.boundedTo(field->maxSize);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1957
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1958
            field->setGeometry(QStyle::visualRect(layoutDirection, rect, QRect(p, sz)));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1959
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1960
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1961
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1962
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1963
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1964
    Sets the widget in the given \a row for the given \a role to \a widget, extending the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1965
    layout with empty rows if necessary.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1966
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1967
    If the cell is already occupied, the \a widget is not inserted and an error message is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1968
    sent to the console.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1969
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1970
    \bold{Note:} For most applications, addRow() or insertRow() should be used instead of setWidget().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1971
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1972
    \sa setLayout()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1973
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1974
void QFormLayout::setWidget(int row, ItemRole role, QWidget *widget)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1975
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1976
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1977
    int rowCnt = rowCount();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1978
    if (row >= rowCnt)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1979
        d->insertRows(rowCnt, row - rowCnt + 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1980
    d->setWidget(row, role, widget);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1981
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1982
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1983
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1984
    Sets the sub-layout in the given \a row for the given \a role to \a layout, extending the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1985
    form layout with empty rows if necessary.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1986
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1987
    If the cell is already occupied, the \a layout is not inserted and an error message is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1988
    sent to the console.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1989
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1990
    \bold{Note:} For most applications, addRow() or insertRow() should be used instead of setLayout().
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1991
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1992
    \sa setWidget()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1993
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1994
void QFormLayout::setLayout(int row, ItemRole role, QLayout *layout)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1995
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1996
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1997
    int rowCnt = rowCount();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1998
    if (row >= rowCnt)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  1999
        d->insertRows(rowCnt, row - rowCnt + 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2000
    d->setLayout(row, role, layout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2001
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2002
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2003
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2004
    Sets the item in the given \a row for the given \a role to \a item, extending the
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2005
    layout with empty rows if necessary.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2006
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2007
    If the cell is already occupied, the \a item is not inserted and an error message is
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2008
    sent to the console.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2009
    The \a item spans both columns.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2010
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2011
    \warning Do not use this function to add child layouts or child
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2012
    widget items. Use setLayout() or setWidget() instead.
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2013
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2014
    \sa setLayout()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2015
*/
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2016
void QFormLayout::setItem(int row, ItemRole role, QLayoutItem *item)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2017
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2018
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2019
    int rowCnt = rowCount();
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2020
    if (row >= rowCnt)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2021
        d->insertRows(rowCnt, row - rowCnt + 1);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2022
    d->setItem(row, role, item);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2023
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2024
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2025
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2026
     \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2027
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2028
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2029
void QFormLayout::resetFieldGrowthPolicy()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2030
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2031
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2032
    d->fieldGrowthPolicy = DefaultFieldGrowthPolicy;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2033
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2034
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2035
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2036
     \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2037
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2038
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2039
void QFormLayout::resetRowWrapPolicy()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2040
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2041
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2042
    d->rowWrapPolicy = DefaultRowWrapPolicy;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2043
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2044
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2045
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2046
     \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2047
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2048
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2049
void QFormLayout::resetFormAlignment()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2050
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2051
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2052
    d->formAlignment = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2053
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2054
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2055
/*!
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2056
     \internal
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2057
 */
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2058
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2059
void QFormLayout::resetLabelAlignment()
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2060
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2061
    Q_D(QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2062
    d->labelAlignment = 0;
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2063
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2064
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2065
#if 0
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2066
void QFormLayout::dump() const
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2067
{
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2068
    Q_D(const QFormLayout);
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2069
    for (int i = 0; i < rowCount(); ++i) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2070
        for (int j = 0; j < 2; ++j) {
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2071
            qDebug("m_matrix(%d, %d) = %p", i, j, d->m_matrix(i, j));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2072
        }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2073
    }
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2074
    for (int i = 0; i < d->m_things.count(); ++i)
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2075
        qDebug("m_things[%d] = %p", i, d->m_things.at(i));
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2076
}
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2077
#endif
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2078
1918ee327afb Revision: 200952
Alex Gilkes <alex.gilkes@nokia.com>
parents:
diff changeset
  2079
QT_END_NAMESPACE